1 #LyX 1.4.3svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
82 \paperpagestyle default
83 \tracking_changes false
98 \begin_layout Standard
100 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
103 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
111 \begin_layout Standard
112 \begin_inset Note Note
115 \begin_layout Standard
116 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
123 \begin_layout Standard
124 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
132 \begin_layout Standard
133 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
140 \begin_layout Chapter
144 \begin_layout Section
148 \begin_layout Standard
149 LyX is a document preparation system.
150 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
151 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
152 It is unlike most other
153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
160 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
162 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
174 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
179 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
197 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
201 \begin_layout Standard
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
215 the format of all of the manuals.
216 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
217 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_layout Section
238 \begin_layout Subsection
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
249 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
251 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
252 already done that in the
257 Check there for more info.
260 \begin_layout Standard
261 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
264 \begin_layout Standard
265 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
266 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
267 More on that in a bit.
270 \begin_layout Subsection
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
277 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
278 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
280 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
303 \begin_layout Standard
304 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
305 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
306 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
308 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
309 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
314 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
315 This, however, is due
316 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
317 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
318 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
319 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
321 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
322 this doesn't work for equations yet.
325 \begin_layout Subsection
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
331 commercial applications.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
355 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
356 Here's what one of our authors,
360 , once said about manuals:
363 \begin_layout Quotation
367 \begin_layout Quotation
368 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
369 They are aggravating.
370 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
371 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
372 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
373 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
374 then they should sit down and learn
378 they start up a major piece of software.
381 \begin_layout Quotation
382 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
384 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
385 and intimidated, not stupid.
386 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
387 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
390 \begin_layout Standard
393 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
394 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
395 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
396 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
400 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_layout Subsection
405 Basic File Operations
408 \begin_layout Standard
416 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
417 more advanced operations:
420 \begin_layout Itemize
429 \begin_layout Itemize
441 \begin_layout Itemize
450 \begin_layout Itemize
459 \begin_layout Itemize
468 \begin_layout Itemize
479 \begin_layout Itemize
488 \begin_layout Itemize
497 \begin_layout Itemize
507 \begin_layout Standard
508 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
509 a few minor differences.
515 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
524 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
525 you for a template to use.
526 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
527 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
528 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
531 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
538 \begin_layout Standard
540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
563 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
564 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
567 \begin_layout Standard
575 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
594 It will simply reload the document from disk.
595 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
596 and want to restore it to the last save.
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 The second matter of note concerns the commands
605 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
617 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
633 to save us all from our own stupidity.
634 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
635 be informed that there are unsaved files.
638 \begin_layout Subsection
639 Basic Editing Features
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
644 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
645 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
646 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
648 We'll start with cut and paste.
651 \begin_layout Standard
652 As you might expect, the
659 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
660 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
690 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 The first three are self-explanatory.
696 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
697 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
706 keys also functions as the
711 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
712 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
713 it with what you just typed.
721 to get back the lost text.
724 \begin_layout Standard
730 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
737 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
747 The text you want to find goes in the
756 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
764 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
774 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
777 \begin_layout Standard
786 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
789 \begin_layout Standard
799 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
801 If the toggle is set, searching for
802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
813 will not match the word
814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
828 \begin_layout Standard
837 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
877 \begin_layout Subsection
881 \begin_layout Standard
882 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
883 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
889 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
896 to undo some mistake.
897 If you accidently undo too much, use
902 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
917 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
922 \begin_layout Standard
923 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
924 it was last saved, the
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
933 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
936 \begin_layout Standard
951 work on almost everything in LyX.
952 They have some quirks, too.
967 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
968 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
982 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
983 hopefully appreciate how it works.
986 \begin_layout Subsection
990 \begin_layout Standard
991 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
992 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
993 can do with the mouse.
994 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
997 \begin_layout Enumerate
1002 \begin_layout Itemize
1007 once anywhere in the edit window.
1008 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1012 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 \begin_layout Itemize
1023 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1029 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1035 \begin_layout Itemize
1036 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1041 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 \begin_layout Enumerate
1049 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1062 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1063 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Standard
1077 the right mouse button
1081 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1085 \begin_layout Subsection
1087 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1094 \begin_layout Standard
1095 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1096 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1098 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1099 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1129 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1133 \begin_layout Labeling
1134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1139 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1140 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1141 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1146 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1150 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1158 If you're still confused, look in the
1165 \begin_layout Labeling
1166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1179 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1180 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1183 \begin_layout Labeling
1184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1195 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1196 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1200 \begin_layout Labeling
1201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1216 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1220 works as expected and
1224 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1228 \begin_layout Standard
1229 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1230 by that, go read section
1231 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1236 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 Then there are the modifier keys:
1244 \begin_layout Labeling
1245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1250 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1251 in combination with:
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1264 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1267 \begin_layout Itemize
1276 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1279 \begin_layout Itemize
1288 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1292 \begin_layout Labeling
1293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1298 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1299 and new cursor positions.
1302 \begin_layout Labeling
1303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1308 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1310 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1311 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1312 one actually performs the
1317 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1319 menu accelerator keys
1322 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1323 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1327 \begin_layout Standard
1328 For example, the sequence
1329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1373 There are also other things bound to the
1377 key, but you'll have to check in the
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1391 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1392 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1393 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1394 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1395 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1396 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1412 followed by a capital
1418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1436 \begin_layout Section
1437 Using LyX with Other Programs
1440 \begin_layout Subsection
1441 Importing ASCII files
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1450 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1455 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 \begin_layout Standard
1494 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1499 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1509 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1510 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1511 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1514 \begin_layout Standard
1520 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1525 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1535 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1536 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1542 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1548 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1549 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1550 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1554 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1555 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1558 \begin_layout Subsection
1559 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1562 \begin_layout Standard
1575 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1576 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1577 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1578 text with the middle mouse button.
1582 \begin_layout Standard
1583 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1584 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1585 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1588 \begin_layout Chapter
1589 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1592 \begin_layout Section
1596 \begin_layout Standard
1597 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1598 can safely skip this chapter.
1599 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1600 distributed with it.
1603 \begin_layout Standard
1604 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1606 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1613 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1626 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1627 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1629 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1634 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1635 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1643 \begin_layout Section
1645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1653 There are two ways to run LyX.
1654 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1655 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1656 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1664 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1665 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1666 are put in the correct places.
1669 \begin_layout Standard
1670 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1671 without resorting to configuration files.
1672 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1673 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1674 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1681 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1682 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1683 which are not seen by LyX.
1684 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1689 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1697 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1698 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1699 about what has been found under
1704 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 \begin_layout Standard
1716 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1717 document-level setting that you can change via the
1722 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1730 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1731 taste and save them with the
1738 Document\InsetSpace ~
1749 This will create a template named
1753 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1754 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1757 \begin_layout Standard
1758 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1759 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1764 It will then attempt to read a file called
1772 \begin_layout Standard
1777 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1778 This directory is called LyX's
1787 To find out where it is, use
1792 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1799 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1818 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1825 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1829 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1833 \begin_layout Section
1834 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1835 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1843 To use LyX properly, X
1847 be set up correctly.
1848 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1849 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1850 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1851 you must do this yourself.
1852 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1853 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1854 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1857 \begin_layout Subsection
1858 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1862 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1863 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1865 If you don't have them, install them.
1868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1873 This document contains no information on how to use
1887 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1889 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1892 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1916 \begin_layout Standard
1917 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1918 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1919 output in a form readable by
1924 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1928 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1931 \begin_layout Subsection
1932 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1935 \begin_layout Standard
1936 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1949 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1953 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1955 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1963 ) or as a prefix key.
1964 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1971 \begin_layout Itemize
1977 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1983 \begin_layout Itemize
1989 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1995 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2019 \begin_layout Standard
2020 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2021 only from time to time.
2022 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2023 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2026 \begin_layout Subsection
2027 Helpful Hints and Tips
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2031 First, open up two xterminals.
2032 Use one to edit a new
2045 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2050 to output the new keymap.
2055 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2056 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2060 file, and you're done.
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2065 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2070 This will create a usable map file.
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2080 Try executing the command
2085 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2088 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2090 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2091 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2112 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2113 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2122 to the same operation.
2124 Other programs, however, use
2132 for different operations.
2133 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2141 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2144 \begin_layout Section
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2154 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2159 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2163 \begin_layout Standard
2164 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2165 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 That's how you pronounce
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 format, or Dvi, for short.
2222 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2223 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2225 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2230 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2231 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2232 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2235 \begin_layout Standard
2236 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2237 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2238 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2239 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2240 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2243 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2248 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2255 \begin_layout Section
2256 Dvips and Ghostscript
2259 \begin_layout Subsection
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2264 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2265 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2267 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2271 \begin_layout Itemize
2277 \begin_layout Itemize
2283 \begin_layout Itemize
2289 \begin_layout Itemize
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2302 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2309 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2310 with LaTeX and should read the
2314 document before proceeding further.
2319 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2321 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2322 the PostScript through
2326 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2327 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2328 every time you print.
2329 For now, we'll concentrate on
2336 \begin_layout Subsection
2338 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2347 you should configure
2357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2364 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2366 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2380 set up to send output to the default printer.
2381 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 If you are not a mood to configure
2389 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2390 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2391 expect from your printer.
2392 At least, it will print.
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2397 on Linux), you should run the program
2402 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2406 you should then select menu entry
2411 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2424 how to automagically convert a
2432 file adapted to printer
2436 , you need to have a config-file,
2437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2448 lying around somewhere.
2459 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2461 in most TeX distributions.
2462 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2463 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2475 It'll be there somewhere.
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2479 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2484 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2504 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2510 containing only the relevant lines.
2514 \begin_layout Standard
2515 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2516 There may exist a line that looks like,
2517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2528 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2542 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2547 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2571 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2573 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2574 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2575 best possible result on your printer.
2576 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2581 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2585 \begin_layout Standard
2586 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2587 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2588 To do this, you should launch the
2597 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 tab, and set the entries
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2624 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2635 environment variable.
2636 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2638 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2648 as a filter for your print spooler.
2649 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2650 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2653 \begin_layout Standard
2654 Some people don't seem to like using the
2663 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2664 into your printer language.
2665 You can specify this program in the
2670 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2671 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2672 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2673 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2685 \begin_layout Subsection
2686 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2703 files, while the later interfaces with
2707 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 A quick note on both of these programs.
2712 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2725 file, not the files used to make these.
2731 You can also force an update.
2732 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2734 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 The LyX team recommends using
2743 for fine tuning documents.
2744 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2745 you can view the changes.
2749 \begin_layout Enumerate
2754 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2757 \begin_layout Enumerate
2758 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2761 \begin_layout Enumerate
2762 To view those changes, just choose
2767 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2772 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2780 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Now, this doesn't mean
2801 is better suited to those occasions where you
2805 view the PostScript version of the document.
2806 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2812 There is an alternative to
2816 which sports a much better interface:
2821 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2828 \begin_layout Section
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2835 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2836 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2837 printers set up for your system.
2838 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2843 as described in the last section.
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2850 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2852 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2853 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2856 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2857 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2858 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2877 \begin_layout Chapter
2881 \begin_layout Section
2885 \begin_layout Subsection
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2890 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2895 of document you want to edit.
2896 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2897 numbering schemes, and so on.
2898 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2899 and format the title of your document differently.
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2907 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2908 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2909 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2910 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2911 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2915 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2916 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2919 \begin_layout Subsection
2920 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2924 The Various Document Classes
2927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2931 \begin_layout Standard
2932 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2936 \begin_layout Description
2937 Article for basic articles
2940 \begin_layout Description
2941 Report for basic reports
2944 \begin_layout Description
2945 Book for writing a book
2948 \begin_layout Description
2949 Letter for US-style letters
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Slides is used to make transparencies
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2958 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2966 \begin_layout Description
2967 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2968 Mathematical Society].
2969 There are three amsart layouts available.
2970 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2974 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2975 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2976 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2981 sequential numbering
2982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2985 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2986 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2987 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2988 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2991 \begin_layout Description
2992 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2993 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2994 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2995 that you would need to number results.
2998 \begin_layout Description
2999 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3002 \begin_layout Description
3003 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3008 \begin_layout Description
3009 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3010 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3011 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3013 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3020 \begin_layout Description
3021 Paper for use with the
3025 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3028 \begin_layout Description
3029 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3030 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3032 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3035 \begin_layout Standard
3036 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3038 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3043 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3044 of the document classes.
3047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3051 \begin_layout Standard
3052 You can select a class using the
3059 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3065 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3073 \begin_layout Standard
3074 Each class has a default set of options.
3075 Here's a quick table describing them:
3078 \begin_layout Standard
3079 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3085 \begin_layout Standard
3087 \begin_inset Tabular
3088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Standard
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Standard
3178 <row topline="true">
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Standard
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Standard
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Standard
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3269 <row topline="true">
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Standard
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Standard
3360 <row topline="true">
3361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3381 \begin_layout Standard
3396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3417 \begin_layout Standard
3432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3435 \begin_layout Standard
3451 <row topline="true">
3452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3472 \begin_layout Standard
3487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3490 \begin_layout Standard
3505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3508 \begin_layout Standard
3523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3526 \begin_layout Standard
3541 <row topline="true">
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3598 \begin_layout Standard
3613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3632 <row topline="true">
3633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3636 \begin_layout Standard
3650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3689 \begin_layout Standard
3704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3723 <row topline="true">
3724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3780 \begin_layout Standard
3795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3814 <row topline="true">
3815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3904 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3979 \begin_layout Standard
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 There is no default value of
4019 for any of these classes.
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 You're probably also wondering what
4025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4034 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4035 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4040 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4045 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4055 headings, there are also
4063 headings, and so on.
4064 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4065 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4072 \begin_layout Subsection
4073 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4077 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4093 That's what this section is for.
4096 \begin_layout Labeling
4097 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4105 This is another list, containing five options.
4106 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4110 \begin_layout Standard
4111 LaTeX does this part.
4120 \begin_layout Labeling
4121 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4126 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4129 \begin_layout Labeling
4130 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4135 No page numbers or headings.
4138 \begin_layout Labeling
4139 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4147 \begin_layout Labeling
4148 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4153 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4154 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4155 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4158 \begin_layout Labeling
4159 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4164 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4170 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4171 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4173 Check the documentation for the
4177 package for more details.
4181 \begin_layout Labeling
4182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4187 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4188 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4194 have a printer that duplexes
4198 \begin_layout Standard
4200 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4205 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4206 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 There are two radio buttons here:
4215 for single-sided documents,
4219 for double-sided documents.
4223 \begin_layout Labeling
4224 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4229 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4230 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4238 for the number of columns.
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4244 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4245 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4250 be two columns in the generated output.
4254 \begin_layout Labeling
4255 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4271 takes several options.
4272 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4273 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4274 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4275 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4279 \begin_layout Labeling
4280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4285 This has its own section.
4288 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4292 for a description of what this does.
4295 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 There are several other options to set in the
4302 Document\InsetSpace ~
4306 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4307 affect certain features.
4308 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4309 features they affect.
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4314 we'll describe them here.
4315 You'll find them in the
4326 \begin_layout Labeling
4327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4332 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4350 \begin_layout Labeling
4351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4360 What size paper to print on.
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Standard
4413 Some of these settings require you to have the
4418 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4425 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4435 That includes the paragraph environments.
4436 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4438 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4439 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4440 paragraph environments to
4444 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4445 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4446 the conversion and why it failed.
4449 \begin_layout Section
4450 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4453 \begin_layout Subsection
4455 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4464 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4469 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4470 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4471 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4476 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4482 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4483 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4484 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4489 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4490 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4495 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4504 \begin_layout Standard
4505 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4506 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4508 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4509 LyX takes care of that.
4510 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4512 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4513 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4514 of a page, and so on.
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4524 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4525 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4529 of these pre-coded spacings.
4530 We'll explain more later.
4533 \begin_layout Subsection
4534 Global Indentation Method
4537 \begin_layout Standard
4538 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4553 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4556 \begin_layout Subsection
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4567 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4572 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4575 dialog and toggle the
4582 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4583 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4584 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4585 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4590 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4591 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4592 Typically, you'll select
4607 for the entire document and edit away.
4610 \begin_layout Subsection
4611 Changing Line Spacing
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4620 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4627 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4634 \begin_layout Section
4635 Paragraph Environments
4636 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4643 \begin_layout Subsection
4647 \begin_layout Standard
4648 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4651 \begin_layout Standard
4675 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4676 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4677 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4686 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4689 \begin_layout Standard
4690 A paragraph environment is simply a
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4699 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4700 scheme, labels, and so on.
4701 Additionally, you can
4702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4710 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4711 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4712 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4713 days of typewriters.
4714 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4716 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4719 \begin_layout Standard
4720 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4722 LyX will change the environment of the
4726 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4727 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4728 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4741 create a new paragraph using the
4745 paragraph environment.
4747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4754 because this isn't always the case.
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 If you are in one of these environments:
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_layout Itemize
4797 \begin_layout Itemize
4803 \begin_layout Standard
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4819 \begin_layout Itemize
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4831 \begin_layout Standard
4835 \begin_layout Standard
4847 \begin_layout Itemize
4853 \begin_layout Itemize
4859 \begin_layout Standard
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4875 \begin_layout Itemize
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4895 \begin_layout Standard
4896 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4900 , rather than resetting it to
4905 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4910 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4911 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4912 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4917 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4922 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4923 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4931 \begin_layout Subsection
4935 \begin_layout Standard
4936 The default paragraph environment is
4941 It creates a plain paragraph.
4942 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4943 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4944 this manual] are in the
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 You can nest a paragraph using the
4956 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4964 \begin_layout Subsection
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4978 for thanks or contact information.
4979 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4980 page along with today's date.
4981 For other types of documents, the title
4982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4989 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5008 Here's how you use them:
5011 \begin_layout Itemize
5012 Put the title of your document in the
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Put the author name in the
5027 \begin_layout Itemize
5028 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5029 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5035 Note that using this environment is optional.
5036 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5041 You can use footnotes to insert
5042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5049 or contact information.
5052 \begin_layout Subsection
5054 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5063 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5064 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5074 \begin_inset Note Note
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5078 Why no mention of Part ?
5086 \begin_layout Enumerate
5092 \begin_layout Enumerate
5098 \begin_layout Enumerate
5104 \begin_layout Enumerate
5110 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 \begin_layout Enumerate
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5123 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5124 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5125 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5126 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5127 You group the book into chapters.
5128 LyX does similar grouping:
5131 \begin_layout Itemize
5140 is the maximum sectioning level.
5143 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5208 not all document types use the
5212 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5217 is the top-level heading.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5226 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5228 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5249 \begin_layout Enumerate
5255 \begin_layout Enumerate
5261 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5276 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5277 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5281 Changing the Numbering
5282 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5289 \begin_layout Standard
5290 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5291 in the Table of Contents.
5292 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5294 Certain classes start with
5308 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5318 This is something you can change.
5321 \begin_layout Standard
5327 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5335 You should see a counter labelled
5337 Section\InsetSpace ~
5346 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5348 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5349 here's a table of values and what they do:
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5361 \begin_inset Tabular
5362 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5366 <row topline="true">
5367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5405 <row bottomline="true">
5406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5426 \begin_layout Standard
5441 <row topline="true">
5442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5471 no numbering of any kind
5477 <row topline="true">
5478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5515 <row topline="true">
5516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5552 <row topline="true">
5553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5573 \begin_layout Standard
5589 <row topline="true">
5590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5610 \begin_layout Standard
5626 <row topline="true">
5627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5630 \begin_layout Standard
5644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5664 <row topline="true">
5665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5702 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 will number parts and chapters, while
5764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5771 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5772 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5778 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 \begin_layout Standard
5802 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5806 contents\InsetSpace ~
5810 It works the same way as
5812 Section\InsetSpace ~
5813 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5816 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5818 This is a great control to have.
5819 Suppose you wanted to number
5823 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5835 s in the Table of Contents.
5838 Section\InsetSpace ~
5839 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5852 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5863 and voilà! You're all set.
5866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5871 The following information applies to
5910 \begin_layout Itemize
5911 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5914 \begin_layout Itemize
5915 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5918 \begin_layout Itemize
5919 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5922 \begin_layout Itemize
5923 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5928 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5931 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5932 Creating an Appendix
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5937 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5942 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5950 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5954 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5955 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5956 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5959 \begin_layout Subsection
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5978 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5979 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5980 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5981 the text they contain.
5982 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5990 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5993 \begin_layout Standard
5994 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6003 when you start a new paragraph.
6004 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6008 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6009 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6010 to change back to the
6014 environment yourself.
6017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6027 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6034 \begin_layout Standard
6035 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6036 time for the differences.
6045 are identical except for one difference:
6049 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6058 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6062 Here's an example of the
6075 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6077 See - no indentation!
6081 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6082 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6083 the other paragraph.
6086 \begin_layout Standard
6087 That ends that example.
6088 Here's another example, this time in the
6095 \begin_layout Quotation
6101 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6102 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6103 the first line, then
6107 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6111 you were quoting other text.
6114 \begin_layout Quotation
6115 Here's a new paragraph.
6116 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6117 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6121 That was our other example.
6122 As the example notes,
6126 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6127 They should put quotes in the
6132 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6136 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6143 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6150 \begin_layout Standard
6155 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6162 Which I did not rehearse!
6166 It could be much worse.
6167 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6169 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6170 indented a bit more than the first.
6171 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6178 And make things look fine
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6192 does not indent both margins.
6193 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6194 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6205 \begin_layout Subsection
6207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6225 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6234 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6235 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6236 some general features of all four of them.
6239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_layout Standard
6244 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6246 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6255 reset the environment to
6259 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6260 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6261 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6266 to break paragraphs.
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6271 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6273 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6274 you read all of section
6275 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6301 paragraph environment.
6302 It has the following properties:
6305 \begin_layout Itemize
6306 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6310 \begin_layout Itemize
6311 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6314 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6319 \begin_layout Itemize
6320 The items can be any length.
6321 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6322 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 environment inside another
6338 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6342 \begin_layout Itemize
6343 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6350 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6356 for a full explanation of nesting.
6360 \begin_layout Standard
6361 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6370 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6375 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6376 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 The label for the first level
6384 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 The label for the second level is a dash.
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6394 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6398 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6404 Back out to the third level.
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 Back to the second level.
6413 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 Back to the outermost level.
6417 \begin_layout Standard
6418 These are the default labels for an
6423 You can customize these labels in the
6427 \begin_layout Standard
6441 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6455 \begin_layout Standard
6456 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6457 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6459 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6473 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6485 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6486 It has these properties:
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6494 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6508 environment resets the counter to one.
6511 \begin_layout Enumerate
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6526 Items can be any length.
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6533 \begin_layout Enumerate
6534 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6538 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6542 \begin_layout Standard
6555 show the different labels for each item.
6556 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6563 \begin_layout Enumerate
6564 The first level of an
6568 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6572 \begin_layout Enumerate
6573 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6577 \begin_layout Enumerate
6578 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6582 \begin_layout Enumerate
6583 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6586 \begin_layout Enumerate
6587 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6592 \begin_layout Enumerate
6593 Back to the third level
6597 \begin_layout Enumerate
6598 Back to the second level.
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 Back to the outermost level.
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6612 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6617 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6618 not on the LyX screen.
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 There is more to nesting
6626 environments than we've stated here.
6632 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6636 to learn more about nesting.
6639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6657 list has no fixed label.
6658 Instead, LyX uses the first
6659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6666 of the first line as the label.
6670 \begin_layout Description
6671 Example: This is an example of the
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6679 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6683 \begin_layout Standard
6684 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6688 uses the first 'word'.
6689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6696 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6705 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6715 environment? Simple: use a
6726 Special\InsetSpace ~
6731 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6736 otected\InsetSpace ~
6749 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6753 for more info.] Here's an example:
6756 \begin_layout Description
6758 Example: This one shows how to use a
6760 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6770 \begin_layout Description
6771 Usage: You should use the
6775 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6776 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6778 It's not a good idea to use a
6782 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6783 You're better off using
6795 paragraphs into them.
6798 \begin_layout Description
6799 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6803 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6809 them from the first line.
6812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6818 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6830 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6834 \begin_layout Standard
6835 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6836 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6854 create numbered lists.
6859 does, and it's documented in section
6860 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6868 \begin_layout Standard
6877 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6878 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6882 \begin_layout Labeling
6883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6885 labels LyX uses the first
6886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6893 of each line as the item label.
6898 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6899 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6900 blank as described above.
6903 \begin_layout Labeling
6904 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6905 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6906 the body of the item text.
6907 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6908 label width plus a little extra space.
6912 \begin_layout Labeling
6913 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6915 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6916 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6917 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6925 into the first line.
6926 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6927 margin of the rest of the item text.
6930 \begin_layout Labeling
6931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6932 default\InsetSpace ~
6933 width You can very easily set this default width.
6934 It's quite painless, actually.
6935 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6939 environment have the same left margin.
6942 \begin_layout Labeling
6943 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6944 uses You should use the
6948 environment the same way you'd use as
6952 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6958 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6962 \begin_layout Labeling
6963 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6964 nesting You can nest
6968 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6970 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6972 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6976 to learn about nesting.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6986 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6990 item if you want to change only its label width.
6996 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7001 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7015 box determines the default label width.
7016 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7017 here, but you don't need to.
7018 We recommend using the letter
7019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7027 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7028 The default label width in the example
7033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7049 as your unit of width in the
7054 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7060 every time you alter a label in a
7067 \begin_layout Standard
7068 There's yet another feature of the
7072 environment we need to tell you about.
7073 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7074 You can use additional
7078 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7084 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7089 Here are some examples:
7092 \begin_layout Labeling
7093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7094 Left The default for
7101 \begin_layout Labeling
7102 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7109 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7112 \begin_layout Labeling
7113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7122 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7125 \begin_layout Standard
7126 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7131 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7138 \begin_layout Standard
7139 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7140 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7142 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7146 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7149 \begin_layout Subsection
7153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7167 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7178 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7179 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7180 In contrast, you can use the
7189 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7190 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7195 Of course, you're not limited to using
7210 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7211 some European academic papers.
7214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7216 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7223 \begin_layout Standard
7228 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7229 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7235 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7236 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7237 Here's an example of each:
7240 \begin_layout Right Address
7247 When is it? What is today?
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7257 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7258 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7259 Here's an example of the
7266 \begin_layout Address
7269 Where do I send this
7271 Your post office and country
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 As you can see, both
7284 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7285 Speaking of which, if you hit
7289 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7295 This makes sense, however, since
7303 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7314 Special\InsetSpace ~
7319 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7333 menu] to start a new line in an
7345 \begin_layout Subsection
7349 \begin_layout Standard
7350 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7351 or list of references.
7352 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7361 \begin_layout Standard
7366 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7371 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7375 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7380 environment is only useful in the
7381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7396 document classes [as well as
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 which is just a specialized version of
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7421 document class ignores the
7425 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7445 environment does several things for you.
7446 First, it puts the centered label
7447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7455 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7457 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7458 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7459 the subsequent text.
7460 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7461 If your document is in the
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7470 version of the file.
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7474 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7482 reset the paragraph environment.
7483 The new paragraph will still be in the
7488 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7489 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 We'd love to give you an example of the
7497 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7506 If you've never heard of an
7507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7514 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7523 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7535 environment is used to list references.
7540 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7544 only use it at the end of the document.
7545 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7549 in anything else or vice versa.
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 When you first open a
7558 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7574 depending on the document class.
7575 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7576 Each paragraph of the
7580 environment is a bibliography entry.
7589 reset the paragraph environment.
7590 Each new paragraph is still in the
7597 \begin_layout Standard
7606 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7607 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7616 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7618 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7620 We could choose the key
7621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7637 field isn't useless.
7638 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7643 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7651 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7652 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7653 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7658 appears at the end of this document.
7660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7664 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7669 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7677 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7678 In the second one, we used the
7687 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7713 of the bibliography entry.
7716 \begin_layout Standard
7717 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7719 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7721 Extended LyX Features
7726 \begin_layout Subsection
7730 \begin_layout Standard
7731 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7732 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7733 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7742 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7754 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7765 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 , depending on which type of
7786 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 You can't really nest things into a
7796 Additionally, hitting
7800 resets the paragraph environment to
7808 can only be a single paragraph.
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7816 environment outside of a
7828 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7837 for more information on
7851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7862 environment is another LyX extension.
7863 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7868 key as a fixed whitespace;
7872 \begin_layout Standard
7883 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7886 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7891 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7892 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7914 reset the paragraph environment.
7915 So, when you finish using the
7919 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7928 environment inside of others.
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7932 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7935 \begin_layout Itemize
7940 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7952 \begin_layout Itemize
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7970 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7988 You must put at least one
7992 in any line you want blank.
7993 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8001 since that will insert
8006 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8014 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8021 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8025 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8029 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8033 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8037 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8043 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8047 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8051 \begin_layout Standard
8052 This is just the standard
8053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8064 \begin_layout Standard
8069 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8070 rc-files, and so on.
8071 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8072 text as if you used a typewriter.
8075 \begin_layout Section
8076 Nesting Environments
8077 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8088 \begin_layout Standard
8089 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8093 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8095 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8103 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8107 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8112 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8118 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8119 screen and bytes in memory.
8120 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8121 and specific properties.
8122 However, what if you wanted one
8123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8130 to inherit some of the properties of another
8131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8143 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8144 In other words, you have a list
8148 of another list, with the inner list
8149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8163 \begin_layout Enumerate
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8172 \begin_layout Enumerate
8177 \begin_layout Enumerate
8181 \begin_layout Standard
8182 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8183 you nest one list inside the other.
8187 \begin_layout Standard
8188 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8194 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8195 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8203 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8204 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8214 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8215 will tell you how far you are nested).
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8240 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8247 to change the nesting level.
8248 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8249 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8253 \begin_layout Standard
8254 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8255 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8256 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8257 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8258 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8259 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8260 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8266 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8268 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8271 \begin_layout Subsection
8272 What You Can and Can't Nest
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8277 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8282 can you or can't you.
8283 There's also the question of how.
8284 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8285 environment into it? A
8286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8293 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8304 \begin_layout Standard
8305 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8307 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8308 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8309 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8311 There is one last type of environment.
8312 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8313 You can't nest anything into them.
8316 \begin_layout Standard
8317 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8318 environments have them:
8322 \begin_layout Standard
8323 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8332 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8344 into other environments.
8346 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8347 Then again, it may not.
8348 We don't know for certain.
8349 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8350 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8358 \begin_layout Description
8359 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8360 Can't nest into them.
8364 \begin_layout Itemize
8370 \begin_layout Itemize
8376 \begin_layout Itemize
8382 \begin_layout Itemize
8389 \begin_layout Description
8391 Nestable You can nest them.
8392 You can nest other things into them.
8396 \begin_layout Itemize
8402 \begin_layout Itemize
8408 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 \begin_layout Itemize
8420 \begin_layout Itemize
8426 \begin_layout Itemize
8432 \begin_layout Itemize
8438 \begin_layout Itemize
8444 \begin_layout Itemize
8451 \begin_layout Description
8452 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8453 You can't nest anything into them.
8457 \begin_layout Itemize
8463 \begin_layout Itemize
8469 \begin_layout Itemize
8477 \begin_layout Itemize
8483 \begin_layout Itemize
8489 \begin_layout Itemize
8497 \begin_layout Itemize
8503 \begin_layout Itemize
8509 \begin_layout Itemize
8515 \begin_layout Itemize
8521 \begin_layout Itemize
8527 \begin_layout Itemize
8533 \begin_layout Itemize
8539 \begin_layout Itemize
8546 \begin_layout Itemize
8552 \begin_layout Itemize
8559 \begin_layout Subsection
8560 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8561 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8570 affected by nesting anyhow.
8574 \begin_layout Itemize
8578 \begin_layout Itemize
8582 \begin_layout Itemize
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8587 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8591 , this is no longer true.
8592 See below or look in sections
8593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8598 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8605 \begin_layout Standard
8606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8607 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8608 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8612 \begin_layout Standard
8613 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8621 of its own, it behaves just like a
8622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8629 paragraph environment.
8630 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 Here's an example with a table:
8638 \begin_layout Enumerate
8643 \begin_layout Enumerate
8644 This is (a) and it's nested.
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8649 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8655 \begin_layout Standard
8657 \begin_inset Tabular
8658 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8662 <row topline="true">
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Standard
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Standard
8700 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8722 \begin_layout Standard
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8746 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8759 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8764 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8767 \begin_layout Enumerate
8772 \begin_layout Enumerate
8773 This is (a) and it's nested.
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8778 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8786 \begin_inset Tabular
8787 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8791 <row topline="true">
8792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8795 \begin_layout Standard
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8829 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8851 \begin_layout Standard
8874 \begin_layout Standard
8875 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8881 \begin_layout Enumerate
8888 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8891 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8903 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8906 \begin_layout Enumerate
8911 \begin_layout Enumerate
8912 This is (a) and it's nested.
8915 \begin_layout Standard
8916 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8922 \begin_layout Standard
8924 \begin_inset Tabular
8925 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8929 <row topline="true">
8930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8933 \begin_layout Standard
8948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8951 \begin_layout Standard
8967 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8989 \begin_layout Standard
9012 \begin_layout Standard
9013 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9019 \begin_layout Enumerate
9021 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9029 \begin_layout Enumerate
9033 \begin_layout Standard
9034 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9040 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9041 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9045 \begin_layout Standard
9046 Then there are the so-called
9055 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9056 have a fixed location.
9058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9086 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9090 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9096 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9097 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9100 \begin_layout Subsection
9101 Usage and General Features
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9114 is the innermost possible depth.
9115 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9118 \begin_layout Enumerate
9119 level #1 - outermost
9123 \begin_layout Enumerate
9128 \begin_layout Enumerate
9133 \begin_layout Enumerate
9138 \begin_layout Itemize
9143 \begin_layout Itemize
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9154 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9158 \begin_layout Standard
9159 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9160 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9161 to produce output for your document.
9166 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9174 environment, and so on.
9175 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9179 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9180 both of them in the example.
9181 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9191 For example, if we tried to nest another
9196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9209 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9210 to produce output for your document.
9218 \begin_layout Subsection
9222 \begin_layout Standard
9223 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9224 We have several examples of nested environments.
9225 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9230 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9233 \begin_layout Labeling
9234 \labelwidthstring MMM
9235 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9244 \begin_layout Labeling
9245 \labelwidthstring MMM
9246 #2-a This is level #2.
9247 We created it by using
9260 \begin_layout Labeling
9261 \labelwidthstring MMM
9262 #3-a This is level #3.
9263 This time, we just hit
9273 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9287 \begin_layout Standard
9292 environment, nested inside of
9293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 So, it's at level #4.
9302 We did this by hitting
9311 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9316 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9332 \begin_layout Standard
9337 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9344 \begin_layout Labeling
9345 \labelwidthstring MMM
9346 #4-a This is level #4.
9351 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9356 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9360 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9365 keep nesting things inside of
9366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9377 \begin_layout Labeling
9378 \labelwidthstring MMM
9379 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9384 \begin_layout Labeling
9385 \labelwidthstring MMM
9386 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9387 and this is level #6.
9388 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9392 \begin_layout Labeling
9393 \labelwidthstring MMM
9394 #5-b Back to level #5.
9408 \begin_layout Labeling
9409 \labelwidthstring MMM
9419 , we're back at level #4.
9423 \begin_layout Labeling
9424 \labelwidthstring MMM
9425 #3-b Back to level #3.
9426 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9430 \begin_layout Labeling
9431 \labelwidthstring MMM
9432 #2-b Back to level #2.
9437 \begin_layout Labeling
9438 \labelwidthstring MMM
9439 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9440 After this sentence, we'll hit
9444 and change the paragraph environment back to
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9452 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9468 environment in place of the
9473 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9477 Example #2: Inheritance
9480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9481 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9484 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9494 , after which, we'll change to the
9502 \begin_layout Enumerate
9507 environment, at level #2.
9510 \begin_layout Enumerate
9511 Notice how the nested
9515 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9519 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9523 \begin_layout Standard
9524 We ended this example by hitting
9529 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9533 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9542 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9554 \begin_layout Standard
9555 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9563 \begin_layout Enumerate
9564 This is level #1, in an
9568 paragraph environment.
9569 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9573 \begin_layout Enumerate
9585 Now, what happens if we nest an
9589 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9590 label be? An asterisk?
9594 \begin_layout Itemize
9604 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9605 So, its label is a bullet.
9606 [Note: we got here by using
9615 , then changing the environment to
9623 \begin_layout Itemize
9624 Here's level #4, produced using
9634 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9639 \begin_layout Enumerate
9640 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9642 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9647 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9675 \begin_layout Enumerate
9680 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9681 type of numbering does LyX use?
9684 \begin_layout Enumerate
9685 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9689 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9692 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 to decrease the depth after the next
9706 \begin_layout Enumerate
9708 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9712 \begin_layout Enumerate
9714 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9715 numeral as the label.
9719 \begin_layout Enumerate
9720 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9729 Notice, however, that LyX
9733 reset the counter for the label.
9737 \begin_layout Enumerate
9747 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9748 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9749 into the twofold-nested
9757 \begin_layout Enumerate
9758 The same thing happens if we do another
9767 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9776 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9794 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9799 The same rule applies for the
9803 environment, as well.
9806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9807 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9810 \begin_layout Enumerate
9811 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9812 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9813 same detail with how we did it.
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9825 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9828 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9829 example in brackets someplace.
9830 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9831 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9832 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9836 \begin_layout Enumerate
9841 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9846 Now we'll add verse.
9848 It will get much worse.
9852 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9859 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9861 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9871 Here comes a table for you:
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9884 \begin_inset Tabular
9885 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9927 <row topline="true">
9928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9976 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9981 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9988 \begin_layout Enumerate
9993 : level #1] This is another item.
9994 Note that selecting a
9998 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9999 3 times to put the table inside the
10007 \begin_layout Quotation
10008 We're now ending the
10012 list and changing to
10017 We're still at level #1.
10018 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10019 The next set of paragraphs is a
10020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10027 We'll nest both the
10036 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10040 for the letter body.
10045 to preserve the depth.
10046 Remember that you need to use
10050 to create multiple lines inside the
10064 \begin_layout Right Address
10067 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10072 \begin_layout Address
10073 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10077 \begin_layout Quotation
10078 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10079 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10080 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10081 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10082 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10083 as soon as possible.
10084 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10087 \begin_layout Quotation
10088 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10089 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10090 with your order, along with payment.
10093 \begin_layout Quotation
10094 We thank you again for your patience.
10097 \begin_layout Address
10104 \begin_layout Quotation
10105 That ends that example!
10108 \begin_layout Standard
10109 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10110 just a few keystrokes.
10111 We could have easily nested an
10132 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10135 \begin_layout Section
10136 Fonts and Text Styles
10139 \begin_layout Subsection
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10144 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10145 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10146 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10147 font to emphasize text, you use an
10148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10156 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10157 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10161 \begin_layout Standard
10162 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10176 style corresponds to an italics font.
10181 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10182 styles use to typeset proper names.
10183 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10184 1.4) introduced true character
10185 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10187 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10188 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10192 \begin_layout Subsection
10196 \begin_layout Standard
10197 You can set the default font from the
10202 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10214 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10215 your document fonts.
10216 The most important ones are those in the
10225 The possible options under
10230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10241 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10263 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10264 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10266 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10279 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10280 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10297 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10298 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10299 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10300 if a font is not installed).
10301 Please have a look at
10306 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10313 about where to get the fonts.
10314 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10315 a new font to common operation systems.
10316 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10319 \begin_layout Standard
10320 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10321 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10323 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10325 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10346 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10354 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10365 Default\InsetSpace ~
10368 option lets you change this.
10369 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10392 Default\InsetSpace ~
10398 \begin_layout Standard
10408 group, you can usually select from four possible
10425 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10426 Remember, this is the
10431 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10432 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10433 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10435 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10436 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10439 \begin_layout Standard
10440 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10441 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10442 height than the Roman Font.
10443 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10451 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10468 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10473 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10474 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10475 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10485 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10486 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10488 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10490 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10492 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10493 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10494 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10495 Note that math figures are
10499 affected by this choice.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10504 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10505 are not set up correctly.
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10509 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10530 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10531 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10532 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10533 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10534 is just a representation of
10535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10547 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10557 \begin_layout Subsection
10558 Using Different Character Styles
10561 \begin_layout Standard
10562 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10563 certain paragraph environments.
10564 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10573 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10582 style, do one of the following:
10585 \begin_layout Itemize
10586 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10589 \begin_layout Itemize
10596 \begin_layout Standard
10597 These commands are all toggles.
10602 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10605 \begin_layout Standard
10606 One typically uses the
10610 style for proper names.
10612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10619 is the original author of LyX.
10620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 A more widely used character style is the
10632 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10639 \begin_layout Itemize
10640 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10651 \begin_layout Itemize
10652 using the keybindings
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10663 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10664 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 We've been using the
10672 style all over the place in this document.
10673 Here's one more example:
10676 \begin_layout Quotation
10679 Don't overuse character styles!
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10684 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10685 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10686 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10700 \begin_layout Subsection
10701 Fine-Tuning with the
10706 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10714 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10715 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10716 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10717 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10721 \begin_layout Standard
10726 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10727 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10732 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10733 from ordinary dialogue.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10738 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10739 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10740 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10741 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10746 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10751 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10752 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10756 Enough complaining.
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 To use custom fonts, open the
10765 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10774 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10775 font property which you can choose.
10776 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10781 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10786 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10788 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10789 environments in a snap.
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10805 \begin_layout Labeling
10806 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10823 The possible options are:
10827 \begin_layout Labeling
10828 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10833 This is the Roman font family.
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 It's also the default family.
10848 \begin_layout Labeling
10849 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10857 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10871 \begin_layout Labeling
10872 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10879 This is the Typewriter font family.
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10903 This corresponds to the print weight.
10908 \begin_layout Labeling
10909 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10914 This is the Medium font series.
10918 \begin_layout Standard
10919 It's also the default series.
10923 \begin_layout Labeling
10924 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10931 This is the Bold font series.
10935 \begin_layout Standard
10936 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10946 \begin_layout Labeling
10947 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10956 As the name implies.
10961 \begin_layout Labeling
10962 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10967 This is the Upright font shape.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 It's also the default shape.
10976 \begin_layout Labeling
10977 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10988 s the Italic font shape
10994 \begin_layout Labeling
10995 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11002 This is the Slanted font shape
11007 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11010 \begin_layout Labeling
11011 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11019 This is the Small caps font shape
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11036 Alters the size of the font.
11037 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11038 nal to the default font size.
11039 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11040 what you want to do.
11044 \begin_layout Standard
11045 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11048 \begin_layout Labeling
11049 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11083 \begin_layout Labeling
11084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11102 \begin_layout Standard
11112 \begin_layout Labeling
11113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11146 \begin_layout Labeling
11147 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11166 \begin_layout Standard
11181 \begin_layout Labeling
11182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11199 \begin_layout Standard
11200 It's also the default size.
11215 \begin_layout Labeling
11216 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11235 \begin_layout Standard
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11285 \begin_layout Labeling
11286 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11315 \begin_layout Labeling
11316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11350 \begin_layout Labeling
11351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11390 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11391 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11392 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11393 - use that instead.
11394 This is here for fine-tuning
11400 \begin_layout Labeling
11401 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11409 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11422 This is text with emphasize on
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 This might seem like the same as
11433 , but it is actually a bit different.
11434 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11435 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11444 \begin_layout Labeling
11445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11452 This is text with Underbar on.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11466 \begin_layout Labeling
11467 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11474 This is text with Noun on.
11478 \begin_layout Standard
11483 , this is a logical attribute.
11484 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11489 , but that is bound to change some day.
11493 \begin_layout Standard
11494 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11495 when you couldn't change fonts.
11496 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11497 an underscore character.
11498 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11503 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11504 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11515 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11516 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11521 LaTeX package installed.
11526 is not able to display these colors.
11537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11544 , you can choose between
11579 \begin_layout Labeling
11580 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11585 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11586 the language of the document.
11587 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11594 \begin_layout Standard
11595 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11600 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11608 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11624 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11625 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11630 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11637 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11638 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11656 Toggle on all these
11669 \begin_layout Standard
11670 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11672 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11674 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11677 \begin_layout Section
11678 Printing and Previewing
11681 \begin_layout Subsection
11685 \begin_layout Standard
11686 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11687 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11688 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11689 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11690 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11697 \begin_layout Standard
11698 LyX uses a program called
11699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11707 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11708 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11716 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11717 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11718 This happens in a couple of stages:
11721 \begin_layout Enumerate
11722 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11723 generating a file with the extension,
11724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11739 \begin_layout Enumerate
11740 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11744 file to produce printable output.
11745 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11746 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11750 file, or DVI for short.
11751 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11764 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11765 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11769 \begin_layout Description
11770 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11771 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11772 be a link to these files.
11773 So don't forget these files if you move your
11777 file to another computer.
11781 \begin_layout Enumerate
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11794 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11798 \begin_layout Enumerate
11803 files using a program called
11810 \begin_layout Enumerate
11811 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11818 \begin_layout Enumerate
11819 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11820 LyX automatically converts the
11824 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11825 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11834 \begin_layout Standard
11835 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11840 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11841 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11842 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11843 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11849 \begin_layout Standard
11850 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11855 preview of your document.
11856 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11858 The printed result is worth the wait.
11859 Quality always has its price.
11862 \begin_layout Subsection
11863 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11866 \begin_layout Standard
11867 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11868 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11873 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11885 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11891 You can now look at the results.
11892 [If you want more info on the
11903 \begin_layout Description
11904 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11908 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11909 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11914 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11919 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11936 program will automatically reread the
11940 file and give you an updated view.
11943 \begin_layout Subsection
11944 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11947 \begin_layout Standard
11952 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11953 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11954 One reason is fonts.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 : Another reason is paranoia.
11964 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11965 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11971 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11980 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11983 \begin_layout Standard
11984 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12000 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12005 You can now look at the results.
12008 \begin_layout Standard
12009 You've guessed what the
12014 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12028 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12032 window after this command to update the view.
12035 \begin_layout Subsection
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 To print a file, select
12054 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12064 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12065 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12066 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12067 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12068 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12071 \begin_layout Standard
12072 You can set the parameters in the
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12088 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12092 \begin_layout Standard
12093 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12106 has to be configured for this printer name.
12108 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12116 documentation for details.
12117 The default printer can also be set in
12126 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12138 The name of a file to print to.
12139 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12141 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12142 specify the full path.
12145 \begin_layout Standard
12146 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12150 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12154 have to process your document.
12157 \begin_layout Section
12158 A Few Words about Typography
12161 \begin_layout Subsection
12162 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12163 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12170 \begin_layout Standard
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12198 \begin_layout Enumerate
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12218 \begin_layout Enumerate
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_layout Standard
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12251 \begin_layout Enumerate
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12297 \begin_layout Enumerate
12301 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 You generate these by using the
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12334 character multiple times in a row.
12335 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12339 \begin_layout Standard
12340 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12341 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12342 Here are some examples of the
12343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12357 \begin_layout Enumerate
12358 line- and page-breaks
12367 \begin_layout Enumerate
12377 \begin_layout Enumerate
12378 Oh --- there's a dash.
12387 \begin_layout Enumerate
12388 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12400 \begin_layout Standard
12401 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12402 there is one in the printed version.
12405 \begin_layout Standard
12406 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12407 inserts hyphens in English text.
12408 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12411 \begin_layout Standard
12412 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12418 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12422 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12425 \begin_layout Quote
12428 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12429 nohyphenation, loaded.
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12434 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12442 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 the relevant line in a file typically named
12455 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12458 \begin_layout Standard
12459 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12463 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12465 This is done with the menu item
12467 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12476 Special\InsetSpace ~
12491 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12492 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12495 \begin_layout Subsection
12499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12500 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12501 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12510 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12511 LaTeX then adds the
12512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12515 appropriate amount of space
12516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12521 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12526 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12539 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12540 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12544 Here are some examples of
12548 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12551 \begin_layout Itemize
12556 \begin_layout Itemize
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12563 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12566 \begin_layout Itemize
12569 this is too much space!
12572 \begin_layout Itemize
12577 \begin_layout Standard
12578 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12581 \begin_layout Standard
12582 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12585 \begin_layout Enumerate
12588 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12591 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12600 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12608 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12615 \begin_layout Enumerate
12620 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12628 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12633 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12636 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12637 This function is also bound to
12644 \begin_layout Standard
12645 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12648 \begin_layout Itemize
12649 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12650 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12651 this is too much space!
12654 \begin_layout Itemize
12655 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12659 \begin_layout Standard
12660 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12661 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12669 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12677 feature described in
12684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12686 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12695 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12696 and use a closing quote at the end.
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12706 The keyboard character,
12710 , generates this automatically.
12713 \begin_layout Standard
12716 New in version 1.4:
12718 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12723 This produces quotation marks like this:
12724 \begin_inset Quotes els
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12739 There are six choices:
12742 \begin_layout Labeling
12743 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 Use quotes like this
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12764 \begin_inset Quotes els
12768 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12774 \begin_layout Labeling
12775 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12778 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12782 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12788 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12792 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12796 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12802 \begin_layout Labeling
12803 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12806 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12816 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12824 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12828 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12834 \begin_layout Labeling
12835 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12838 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12842 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12848 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12856 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12860 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12866 \begin_layout Labeling
12867 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12870 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12874 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12880 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12884 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12888 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12892 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12898 \begin_layout Labeling
12899 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12902 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12906 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12912 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12916 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12920 \begin_inset Quotes als
12924 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12930 \begin_layout Standard
12931 Again, this affects what character the
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12952 \begin_layout Subsection
12954 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12962 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12963 print them as single characters.
12964 These groups are known as
12969 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12971 Here are the possible ligatures:
12974 \begin_layout Itemize
12978 \begin_layout Itemize
12982 \begin_layout Itemize
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12990 \begin_layout Itemize
12994 \begin_layout Standard
12995 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12996 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13020 To break a ligature, use
13025 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13026 Special\InsetSpace ~
13033 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13036 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13077 \begin_layout Subsection
13079 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13086 \begin_layout Standard
13087 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13089 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13090 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13091 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13092 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13093 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13094 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13105 \begin_layout Standard
13106 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13107 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13108 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13109 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13110 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13111 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13112 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13117 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13118 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13120 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13126 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13130 ] may have more information.
13131 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13134 \begin_layout Chapter
13135 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13136 \begin_inset OptArg
13139 \begin_layout Standard
13140 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13148 \begin_layout Section
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13161 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13162 somewhere else in your text.
13163 When you insert a footnote with
13172 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 appearing within your text.
13205 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13206 You can enter your text into this box.
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13227 label, the box will
13228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13240 Clicking on the button again will
13245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13262 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13263 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13264 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13265 when it processes your file.
13266 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13267 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13268 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13273 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13277 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13282 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13283 (this works for all
13284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13294 \begin_layout Standard
13295 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13296 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13310 document class or changing the counter
13315 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13323 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13344 \begin_layout Description
13345 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13347 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13348 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13350 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13354 \begin_layout Section
13358 \begin_layout Standard
13359 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13360 When you insert a margin note via
13366 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13382 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13383 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 appearing within your text.
13407 \begin_inset Marginal
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13411 This is a margin note.
13416 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13417 You can enter your text into this box.
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 label, the box will
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13441 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13461 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13462 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13463 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13467 \begin_layout Section
13468 Figures and Imported Graphics
13469 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13476 \begin_layout Standard
13477 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13478 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13479 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13480 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13486 in the document you place them.
13487 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13489 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13496 \begin_layout Standard
13497 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13498 on the toolbar, or select
13503 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13514 \begin_layout Standard
13515 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13516 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13521 \begin_inset Graphics
13522 filename mobius.eps
13525 rotateOrigin center
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13538 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13539 formats are supported automatically).
13540 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13544 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13548 describes all available units.
13549 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13552 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13556 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13557 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13559 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13564 You can also set the
13568 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13570 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13577 \begin_layout Subsection
13581 \begin_layout Standard
13582 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13583 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13584 target output format can be created.
13585 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13587 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13594 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13598 \begin_inset Float table
13604 \begin_layout Caption
13605 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13609 Units for setting the image size
13612 \begin_layout Standard
13613 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13619 \begin_layout Standard
13621 \begin_inset Tabular
13622 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13626 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13630 \begin_layout Standard
13636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13639 \begin_layout Standard
13646 <row topline="true">
13647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13666 <row topline="true">
13667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13670 \begin_layout Standard
13676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13679 \begin_layout Standard
13686 <row topline="true">
13687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13706 <row topline="true">
13707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13719 \begin_layout Standard
13720 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13726 <row topline="true">
13727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13746 <row topline="true">
13747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13760 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13766 <row topline="true">
13767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13779 \begin_layout Standard
13780 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13786 <row topline="true">
13787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13801 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13805 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13814 <row topline="true">
13815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13834 <row topline="true">
13835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 % of original image width
13854 <row topline="true">
13855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13874 <row topline="true">
13875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13894 <row topline="true">
13895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13914 <row topline="true">
13915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13927 \begin_layout Standard
13934 <row topline="true">
13935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13947 \begin_layout Standard
13954 <row topline="true">
13955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13958 \begin_layout Standard
13964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13967 \begin_layout Standard
13974 <row topline="true">
13975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13978 \begin_layout Standard
13984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13987 \begin_layout Standard
13998 <row topline="true">
13999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14011 \begin_layout Standard
14022 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14026 \begin_layout Standard
14032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14054 \begin_layout Standard
14055 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14056 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14057 figures themselves.
14058 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14091 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14104 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14105 loadable graphics format.
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14121 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14130 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14131 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14132 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14137 If, after all that, LyX
14141 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Error converting to loadable format
14146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14149 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14150 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14151 list of known converters.
14154 \begin_layout Standard
14155 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14156 when generating the final document.
14157 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14158 in PostScript® format.
14159 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14172 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14175 \begin_layout Subsection
14179 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14180 Using Figure Floats
14181 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14189 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14190 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14191 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14192 it preferable to use
14194 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14197 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14198 deems necessary for a good fit.
14199 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14200 place a caption on them, using the
14204 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14206 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14213 \begin_layout Standard
14216 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14224 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14229 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14233 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14234 above to insert the actual figure.
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14238 \begin_inset Float figure
14244 \begin_layout Caption
14245 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14253 \begin_layout Standard
14255 \begin_inset Graphics
14256 filename escher-lsd.eps
14258 rotateOrigin center
14270 \begin_layout Standard
14271 \begin_inset Float figure
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14279 \begin_inset Graphics
14280 filename platypus.eps
14282 rotateOrigin center
14289 \begin_layout Caption
14290 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14294 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14303 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14305 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14306 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14307 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14308 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14312 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14313 This is what we did for figure
14314 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14319 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14323 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14324 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14329 It is preferred to use one
14338 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14342 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14343 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14344 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14354 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14355 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14359 \begin_layout Standard
14360 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14361 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14362 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14366 you can simply insert a
14373 in the caption and refer to it using a
14382 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14383 using vague references to
14384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14391 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14401 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14402 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14404 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14407 \begin_layout Standard
14408 Note that the caption is used in a
14418 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14420 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14424 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14429 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 Now, the whole idea behind
14439 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14447 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14448 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14449 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14450 for the exact details.
14451 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14453 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14454 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14459 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14472 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14473 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14481 \begin_layout Itemize
14491 \begin_layout Itemize
14501 \begin_layout Itemize
14511 \begin_layout Itemize
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14522 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14525 \begin_layout Description
14526 Here: LyX tries to put the
14530 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14539 \begin_layout Description
14540 Top: LyX tries to put the
14544 at the top of the current page.
14545 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14548 \begin_layout Description
14549 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14553 at the bottom of the current page.
14554 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14557 \begin_layout Description
14558 Page: LyX tries to put the
14566 s) on a page of its own.
14569 \begin_layout Standard
14570 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14571 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14572 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14585 The default placement list is
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14598 on a page by itself.
14599 If you want LyX to try
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14607 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14624 \begin_layout Enumerate
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14632 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14633 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14634 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14638 \begin_layout Enumerate
14645 \begin_layout Standard
14646 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14647 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14651 \begin_layout Enumerate
14658 \begin_layout Standard
14659 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14660 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14664 \begin_layout Enumerate
14671 \begin_layout Standard
14672 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14676 \begin_layout Subsection
14680 \begin_layout Standard
14681 One obvious question is
14682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14685 how would I create the figures?
14686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14694 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14695 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14699 there are several ways.
14700 We recommend the following:
14703 \begin_layout Enumerate
14704 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14705 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14707 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14709 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14710 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14711 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14712 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14713 EPS figure, as described above.
14718 \begin_layout Standard
14719 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14721 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14722 the next way is recommended.
14726 \begin_layout Enumerate
14727 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14728 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14729 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14730 Therefore you have to set the
14735 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14741 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14755 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14760 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14768 (see description in
14772 ) this text will appear as
14773 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14782 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14783 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14784 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14785 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14786 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14790 \begin_layout Enumerate
14791 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14800 , really] will generate two files:
14804 \begin_layout Enumerate
14805 the PostScript part
14809 , that contains all painting.
14812 \begin_layout Enumerate
14817 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14822 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14823 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14827 \begin_layout Standard
14828 If you get an error like
14829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14832 unknown graphics extension pstex
14833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14836 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14841 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14842 Simply add a line like
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14850 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14853 \begin_layout Standard
14856 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14866 \begin_layout Standard
14871 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14874 \begin_layout Standard
14875 This should fix the whole thing.
14876 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14880 and change the LaTeX part
14885 But this is annoying.
14891 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14892 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14893 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14894 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14895 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14899 \begin_layout Section
14901 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14909 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14910 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14911 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14915 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14920 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14928 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14929 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14930 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14931 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14932 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14933 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14939 \begin_inset Tabular
14940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14946 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14959 \begin_layout Standard
14974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14995 \begin_layout Standard
15011 <row topline="true">
15012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15015 \begin_layout Standard
15030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15058 <row topline="true">
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15086 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15104 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15114 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15168 \begin_layout Subsection
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15173 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15174 brings up a settings dialog.
15175 Among these options are:
15178 \begin_layout Itemize
15179 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15180 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15181 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15182 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15183 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15184 row in the example above.
15185 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15186 the left line of the column to the right.
15189 \begin_layout Itemize
15190 Text alignment in a column
15193 \begin_layout Itemize
15194 Appending rows and columns
15197 \begin_layout Itemize
15198 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15201 \begin_layout Itemize
15205 \begin_layout Itemize
15206 Setting a fixed width for a column
15209 \begin_layout Itemize
15210 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15211 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15212 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15215 \begin_layout Itemize
15216 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15219 \begin_layout Standard
15220 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15226 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15240 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15247 when the cursor is inside a table.
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15252 Most of these options also work on selections.
15253 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15254 done on all of your selection.
15255 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15259 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15260 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15266 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15267 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 When you append a row, it is added
15275 the row containing the cursor.
15276 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15281 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15282 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15283 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15288 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15289 For example, in the above table, row
15290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15297 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15313 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15318 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15327 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15328 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15329 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15332 \begin_layout Standard
15334 \begin_inset Tabular
15335 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15337 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15338 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15339 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15340 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15341 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15359 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15377 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15396 <row topline="true">
15397 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15415 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15418 \begin_layout Standard
15432 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15450 <row topline="true">
15451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15489 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <row topline="true">
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15558 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15620 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15621 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15623 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15624 \begin_inset Note Note
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15628 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15629 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15637 \begin_layout Standard
15638 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15651 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15655 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15658 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15661 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15663 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15665 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15668 \begin_layout Standard
15675 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15682 display on screen, and works
15686 for PostScript output.
15687 So, if you want to preview them, use
15692 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15706 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15711 will not show the table properly.
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15716 \begin_inset Tabular
15717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15719 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15730 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15731 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15753 \begin_layout Standard
15768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15807 \begin_layout Standard
15822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15843 \begin_layout Standard
15858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15861 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15949 <row topline="true">
15950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15972 \begin_layout Standard
15987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16062 \begin_layout Standard
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Standard
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16141 <row topline="true">
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Standard
16161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16164 \begin_layout Standard
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Standard
16188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16191 \begin_layout Standard
16206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Standard
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16263 \begin_layout Standard
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Standard
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Standard
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <row topline="true">
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Standard
16407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Standard
16425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16428 \begin_layout Standard
16434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16437 \begin_layout Standard
16452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Standard
16470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Standard
16552 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16556 \begin_layout Standard
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Standard
16635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Standard
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Standard
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16735 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Standard
16754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Standard
16772 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Standard
16781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Standard
16790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Standard
16799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16802 \begin_layout Standard
16808 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Standard
16817 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Standard
16826 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16844 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Standard
16879 \begin_layout Subsection
16880 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16884 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16885 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16886 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16887 can be placed in the same cell.
16888 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16890 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16894 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16895 for the cell's paragraph.
16898 \begin_layout Subsection
16899 Cut & Paste in Tables
16902 \begin_layout Standard
16903 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16904 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16905 Selection with the mouse or with
16909 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16910 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16911 using the mouse to select and paste.
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16916 \begin_inset Tabular
16917 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16922 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Standard
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Standard
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17034 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Standard
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Standard
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17099 \begin_inset Tabular
17100 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17105 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Standard
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Standard
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Standard
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Standard
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Standard
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17217 <row topline="true">
17218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17221 \begin_layout Standard
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Standard
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Standard
17255 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Standard
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17291 \begin_layout Standard
17292 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17293 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17296 \begin_layout Subsection
17297 Multiple lines in cells
17300 \begin_layout Standard
17301 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17303 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17308 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17309 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17316 \begin_inset Tabular
17317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17320 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17322 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Standard
17341 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Standard
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Standard
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Standard
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Standard
17410 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Standard
17434 <row bottomline="true">
17435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Standard
17466 This is longer now.
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Standard
17490 <row bottomline="true">
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Standard
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17522 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17523 This is longer now.
17528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Standard
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17555 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17556 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17557 margin of the page.
17558 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17559 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17560 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17563 \begin_layout Enumerate
17564 Split it into two tables.
17567 \begin_layout Enumerate
17577 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17578 After doing this, the list of
17582 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17586 \begin_layout Enumerate
17592 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17593 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17596 \begin_layout Enumerate
17601 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17602 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17603 except for the first page, if
17611 \begin_layout Enumerate
17616 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17617 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17618 except for the last page, if
17626 \begin_layout Enumerate
17632 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17633 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17636 \begin_layout Standard
17637 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17638 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17639 The others will then be defined as
17644 In this context, first means first in this order:
17646 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17666 example file to see how this works.
17672 \begin_layout Standard
17673 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17674 rows to break the page on as well.
17678 \begin_layout Enumerate
17679 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17680 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17683 \begin_layout Subsection
17685 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17692 \begin_layout Standard
17693 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17712 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17722 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17723 exactly where you insert it.
17724 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17725 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17729 , and is described in section
17730 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17735 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17737 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17743 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17747 is an example of a table float.
17748 \begin_inset Float table
17754 \begin_layout Caption
17755 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17762 \begin_layout Standard
17764 \begin_inset Tabular
17765 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17767 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17770 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Standard
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Standard
17807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Standard
17826 <row topline="true">
17827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Standard
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Standard
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Standard
17882 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Standard
17896 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17917 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17919 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Standard
17940 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17961 \begin_layout Section
17962 Table of Contents and other Listings
17963 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17970 \begin_layout Standard
17971 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17980 such as a Table of Contents.
17981 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17982 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17985 \begin_layout Subsection
17986 The Table of Contents
17989 \begin_layout Standard
17990 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17993 \begin_layout Enumerate
17994 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18001 \begin_layout Enumerate
18002 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18012 (Sub...), Paragraph
18015 Note that styles with a
18027 appear in the Table of Contents.
18030 \begin_layout Enumerate
18031 Make sure you set the
18036 ection\InsetSpace ~
18037 number\InsetSpace ~
18056 Document\InsetSpace ~
18059 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18060 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18067 \begin_layout Enumerate
18068 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18069 You'll find it under
18074 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18081 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18093 \begin_layout Standard
18094 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18100 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18112 \begin_layout Subsection
18113 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18114 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
18121 \begin_layout Standard
18122 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18123 You can insert them from the
18128 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18138 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18139 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18142 \begin_layout Chapter
18143 Mathematical Formulae
18146 \begin_layout Section
18150 \begin_layout Standard
18151 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18152 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18156 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18158 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18159 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18160 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18167 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18172 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18186 (CUA binding only).
18189 \begin_layout Standard
18190 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18191 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18194 , there is a special shortcut.
18202 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18212 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18218 \begin_layout Standard
18219 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18224 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18229 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18241 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18242 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18243 somewhere on the screen.
18244 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18245 will insert a formula for you.
18248 \begin_layout Subsection
18249 Navigating a Formula
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18253 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18254 with the arrow keys.
18255 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18256 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18261 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18262 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18266 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18270 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18272 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18280 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18285 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18286 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18289 \begin_layout Standard
18294 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18295 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18296 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18301 For example, if you want
18302 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18349 , since in the latter case only the
18352 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18357 will be under the square root sign,
18358 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18362 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18366 \begin_layout Standard
18367 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18369 \begin_inset Formula \[
18370 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18373 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18377 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18378 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18381 \begin_layout Subsection
18385 \begin_layout Standard
18386 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18387 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18391 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18392 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18393 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18394 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18395 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18398 \begin_layout Subsection
18399 Exponents and Subscripts
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18403 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18404 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18406 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18422 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18423 in the superscript.
18429 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18433 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18454 Subscripts are similar, to get
18455 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18470 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18471 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18473 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18477 if you need to alter this.
18480 \begin_layout Subsection
18484 \begin_layout Standard
18485 Create a fraction with either
18493 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18513 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18514 squares top and bottom.
18515 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18516 To move to the bottom, simply press
18521 To move back up, press
18526 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18527 \begin_inset Formula \[
18528 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18530 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18537 \begin_layout Subsection
18541 \begin_layout Standard
18543 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18547 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18550 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18559 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18560 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18561 Sum will automatically place its
18562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18569 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18570 when inlined, such as
18571 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18575 \begin_inset Note Note
18578 \begin_layout Standard
18579 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18586 \begin_inset Formula \[
18587 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18591 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18592 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18593 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18597 \begin_inset Formula \[
18598 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18602 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18603 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18604 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18605 in front of the sign and hitting
18610 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18614 \begin_layout Standard
18615 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18623 feature as addition, such as
18624 \begin_inset Formula \[
18625 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18629 which will place the
18630 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18641 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18642 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18647 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18650 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18656 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18664 menu in the math panel; see
18665 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18672 \begin_layout Subsection
18674 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18681 \begin_layout Standard
18691 dialog (accessible via
18696 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18703 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18704 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18705 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18706 details in later sections.
18709 \begin_layout Standard
18710 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18713 \begin_layout Subsection
18717 \begin_layout Standard
18718 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18724 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18732 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18740 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18748 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18757 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18765 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18767 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18768 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18769 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18770 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18771 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18774 \begin_layout Standard
18775 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18776 In the minibuffer, type
18781 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18790 to move between the two boxes.
18791 You can also use the key binding
18798 \begin_layout Subsection
18802 \begin_layout Standard
18803 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18804 that LaTeX provides.
18805 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18806 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18807 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18808 The first thing to do is to type
18813 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18815 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18819 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18824 you move the cursor, after typing
18832 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18834 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18836 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18840 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18844 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18847 \begin_layout Subsection
18849 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18856 \begin_layout Standard
18857 The math panel contains a number of
18858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18866 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18870 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18878 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18885 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18887 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18890 , should not be italicized.
18891 Entering just the letters
18892 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18895 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18897 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18898 For example, the expression
18899 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18902 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18903 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18904 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18907 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18908 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18909 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18913 \begin_inset Formula \[
18914 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18918 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18924 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18925 to improve linespacing).
18928 \begin_layout Subsection
18932 \begin_layout Standard
18933 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18935 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18936 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18937 That is, you can enter
18938 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18941 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18942 This is entered by typing
18943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18957 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18958 the various accents:
18961 \begin_layout Standard
18963 \begin_inset Tabular
18964 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18969 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Standard
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Standard
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19025 <row topline="true">
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Standard
19044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19047 \begin_layout Standard
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19075 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19084 <row topline="true">
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Standard
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Standard
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Standard
19134 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19143 <row topline="true">
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Standard
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Standard
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Standard
19193 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19202 <row topline="true">
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Standard
19221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19224 \begin_layout Standard
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Standard
19252 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19261 <row topline="true">
19262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Standard
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Standard
19311 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19320 <row topline="true">
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Standard
19370 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19379 <row topline="true">
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Standard
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Standard
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Standard
19429 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19438 <row topline="true">
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Standard
19457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Standard
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19488 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19497 <row topline="true">
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Standard
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Standard
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Standard
19547 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19556 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19596 \begin_layout Standard
19606 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19628 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19629 made within a formula too.
19632 \begin_layout Subsection
19633 The math editor for LaTeX users
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19637 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19638 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19640 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19647 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19648 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19651 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19652 menus for a symbol.
19653 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19658 \begin_layout Quotation
19659 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19660 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19662 As an example, I created this
19663 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19666 by typing the following keys: First type
19696 As soon as I typed that
19701 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19704 was right there on the screen.
19708 \begin_layout Standard
19714 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19729 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19734 leaves the formula.
19735 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19738 \begin_layout Itemize
19739 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19742 \begin_layout Itemize
19743 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19744 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19747 \begin_layout Itemize
19748 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19752 \begin_layout Itemize
19753 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19764 \begin_layout Itemize
19765 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19766 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19769 , you can find it in the dialogs
19772 \begin_layout Section
19773 Brackets and decorations
19776 \begin_layout Standard
19777 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19778 For most purposes, using just the keys
19784 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19785 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19786 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19792 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19797 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19799 \begin_inset Formula \[
19800 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19802 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19806 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19808 \begin_inset Formula \[
19809 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19814 \begin_inset Formula \[
19815 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19819 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19820 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19833 \begin_layout Standard
19834 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19835 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19836 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19837 clicking on the button.
19838 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19839 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19842 \begin_layout Standard
19843 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19844 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19845 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19846 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19850 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19852 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19858 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19861 \begin_layout Standard
19862 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19866 for grouping, you should read
19867 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19874 \begin_layout Section
19876 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19883 \begin_layout Standard
19884 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19885 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19896 \begin_layout Standard
19897 \begin_inset Formula \[
19898 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19906 However, trying to type the
19910 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19911 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19918 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19919 The example directly above shows how this works.
19922 \begin_layout Section
19923 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19926 \begin_layout Standard
19927 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19933 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19934 number of rows/columns.
19935 Here is an example:
19936 \begin_inset Formula \[
19937 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19940 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19944 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19945 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19946 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19950 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19952 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19953 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19954 The specification is
19959 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19964 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19965 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19966 It will look like this:
19967 \begin_inset Formula \[
19969 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19970 column & has & has\, right\\
19971 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19978 \begin_layout Standard
19979 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19983 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
19989 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20001 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20011 \begin_layout Standard
20012 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20013 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20019 and commutative diagrams.
20020 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20025 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20034 \begin_layout Standard
20035 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20036 A formula will automatically switch to an
20042 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20050 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20051 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20058 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20059 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20066 Here is an example:
20067 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20069 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20073 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20080 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20085 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20086 everything in the left side of the line.
20087 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20088 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20093 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20094 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20095 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20096 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20109 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20112 \begin_layout Section
20113 Equation Numbering and Labels
20114 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
20121 \begin_layout Standard
20122 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20123 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20124 \begin_inset Formula \[
20129 into the numbered equation :
20130 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20131 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20142 menu, and select the
20151 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20152 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20153 care of re-numbering the equation.
20154 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20155 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20156 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20157 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20163 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20168 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20169 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20176 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20179 \begin_layout Standard
20180 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20181 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20185 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20186 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20188 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
20196 dialog, which you open using
20201 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20214 lines are numbered separately.
20215 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20216 receive a label of #.
20217 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20219 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
20224 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20225 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20226 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20227 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20231 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20236 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20241 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20242 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20247 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20251 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20254 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20255 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20257 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20258 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20262 Note that the first equation in this set (
20263 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
20267 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20269 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
20273 ) is again labelled.
20277 \begin_layout Section
20278 User defined macros in math mode
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20282 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20283 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20284 the macro in blue (math color).
20285 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20286 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20288 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20289 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20292 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20293 written during export as LaTeX.
20294 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20295 macro's expansion on screen.
20296 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20297 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20298 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20302 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20309 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20310 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20314 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20315 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20323 \begin_layout Standard
20324 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20330 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20334 followed by the argument number:
20335 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20336 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20342 \begin_layout Standard
20343 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20344 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20349 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20356 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20363 \begin_layout Standard
20364 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20377 \begin_layout Subsection
20378 How to create macros
20381 \begin_layout Standard
20382 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20386 \begin_layout Standard
20387 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20398 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20401 \begin_layout Standard
20409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20432 math-macro macrowarg 1
20435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20450 math-macro-arg <number>
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20454 The argument mark in
20460 was introduced with
20461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20475 \begin_layout Standard
20476 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20477 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20478 can be edited only once.
20481 \begin_layout Subsection
20482 How to navigate in macros
20485 \begin_layout Description
20489 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20490 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20491 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20492 right side of the macro.
20495 \begin_layout Description
20498 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20499 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20507 \begin_layout Section
20511 \begin_layout Subsection
20515 \begin_layout Standard
20516 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20517 The standard font for text is italic,
20518 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20521 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20522 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20523 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20528 \begin_inset Tabular
20529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20533 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20553 <row topline="true">
20554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20564 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20586 <row topline="true">
20587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20590 \begin_layout Standard
20591 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Standard
20613 <row topline="true">
20614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20617 \begin_layout Standard
20618 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20640 <row topline="true">
20641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Standard
20651 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20673 <row topline="true">
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20678 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20700 <row topline="true">
20701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20727 <row topline="true">
20728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20739 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20761 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20797 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20802 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20803 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20804 style after one character.
20805 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20806 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20807 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20809 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20810 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20815 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20818 \begin_layout Standard
20819 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20821 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20824 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20825 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20837 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20839 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20843 A number of other options are available as well, via
20848 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20853 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20860 \begin_layout Subsection
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20866 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20867 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20872 while already in math mode.
20873 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20874 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20875 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20880 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20898 ) might have been a better choice
20903 , but it works for simple text.
20905 \begin_inset Formula \[
20906 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20907 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20908 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20915 \begin_layout Subsection
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20928 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20946 For most characters,
20954 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20955 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20960 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20961 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20963 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20967 function in the minibuffer.
20968 For example, you can set
20969 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20976 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20979 math-size displaystyle
20981 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20983 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20987 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20988 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
20990 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20993 ! This reflects a LaTeX
20994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21012 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21013 Here are some text in the various styles:
21014 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21018 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21022 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21026 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21033 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21034 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21036 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21037 will be adjusted to correspond.
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21045 Here is a paragraph in
21046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21053 font, with symbols:
21054 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21065 \begin_layout Section
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21070 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21072 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21075 \begin_layout Subsection
21076 Enabling AMS-Support
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21085 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21092 dialog there is a checkbox,
21099 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21100 the facilities available.
21103 \begin_layout Subsection
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21109 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21110 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21118 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21119 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21120 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21121 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21123 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21126 \begin_layout Subsection
21130 \begin_layout Standard
21131 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21132 LyX allows you to choose between
21153 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21154 tion for the differences between these formula
21158 \begin_layout Chapter
21162 \begin_layout Section
21164 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
21171 \begin_layout Standard
21172 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21173 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21179 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21180 The other half is the
21184 proper, and it looks like this:
21185 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
21190 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21192 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21193 case, the number of this section.
21194 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21195 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
21200 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21201 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21203 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21204 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21208 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21216 \begin_layout Standard
21217 To insert a label, use
21224 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21230 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21231 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21232 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 To insert a reference, select
21243 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21252 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21255 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21256 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21260 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21267 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21271 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21280 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21283 \begin_layout Quote
21290 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21296 There were undefined references
21299 \begin_layout Standard
21300 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21303 \begin_layout Standard
21304 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21309 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21310 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21318 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21331 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21332 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21336 separately from the
21341 The same goes for all other section headings.
21344 \begin_layout Standard
21357 section headings and table and figure floats.
21358 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21359 you can't really use a
21367 \begin_layout Standard
21372 , but only if you use the
21382 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21383 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21388 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21394 Once again, the regular
21398 won't work very well.
21399 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21400 of the previous numbered section heading.
21406 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21411 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21416 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21420 for details on using a
21424 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21428 \begin_layout Section
21429 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21432 \begin_layout Standard
21433 It is often desirable to include long
21434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21441 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21442 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21444 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21445 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21455 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21456 along automatically determined boundaries.
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21460 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21461 ike entity) simply select
21463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21470 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21478 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21479 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21481 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21494 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21495 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21507 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21516 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21524 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21526 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21530 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21535 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21539 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21541 http://ctan.tug.org
21544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21550 \begin_layout Standard
21553 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21567 \begin_layout Section
21568 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21569 \begin_inset OptArg
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21582 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21583 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21584 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21585 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21590 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21594 \begin_layout Standard
21595 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21599 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21605 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21606 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21607 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21612 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21617 This will insert a box (labelled
21618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21633 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21634 This also works for captions inside floats.
21637 \begin_layout Standard
21638 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21641 \begin_layout Section
21645 \begin_layout Standard
21646 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21648 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21649 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21650 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21651 This can be achieved with
21658 \begin_layout Standard
21663 the branches available within a particular document.
21664 This is done in the
21666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21667 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21671 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21672 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21673 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21679 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21692 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21693 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21694 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21697 \begin_layout Standard
21698 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21706 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21707 \begin_inset Note Note
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21711 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21719 \begin_layout Section
21720 Previewing snippets of your document
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21725 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21726 to break your train of thought with
21731 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21739 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21740 necessary software (see below) and select the
21749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21756 pulldown item in the
21762 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21770 (It can be found in the
21774 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21777 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21781 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21784 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21785 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21786 Previews of an already loaded document are
21790 generated just by selecting the
21801 \begin_layout Standard
21802 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21803 It will also generate previews of include insets or
21804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21819 check box in the inset's dialog.
21820 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21822 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21825 \begin_layout Standard
21826 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21827 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21828 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21832 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21835 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21847 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21858 \begin_layout Section
21859 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21862 \begin_layout Subsection
21863 Extra Horizontal Space
21864 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21871 \begin_layout Standard
21876 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21881 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21882 space between the left and right margins.
21883 If there is more than one
21887 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21896 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21900 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21905 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21915 can be inserted with
21921 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21922 Special\InsetSpace ~
21927 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21932 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21936 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21939 \begin_layout Quote
21941 This is on the left side
21943 This is on the right
21946 \begin_layout Quote
21955 \begin_layout Quote
21966 \begin_layout Standard
21967 That was an example in the
21974 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21975 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21979 sitting in-between the two
21980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21991 Remember that we said that an
21995 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
21996 than one set of margins on a line.
21997 Here's an example with the
22004 \begin_layout Labeling
22005 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22026 marks the beginning of the item.
22027 (There is actually a
22028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22039 inside of the label of the
22043 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22047 s work similarly in other
22048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22055 situations, like two-column mode.
22058 \begin_layout Subsection
22059 Extra Vertical Space
22060 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
22067 \begin_layout Standard
22068 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22073 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22078 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22083 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22089 \begin_layout Standard
22090 We will not provide an example of a
22094 , as it would waste paper.
22095 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22099 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22100 If there are several
22104 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22105 You can therefore use
22109 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22113 \begin_layout Standard
22114 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22115 only added if you have also checked the option
22120 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22125 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22126 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22131 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22142 \begin_layout Subsection
22143 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22146 \begin_layout Standard
22147 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22152 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22157 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22161 There are four possibilities:
22164 \begin_layout Itemize
22173 \begin_layout Itemize
22182 \begin_layout Itemize
22191 \begin_layout Itemize
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22201 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22202 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22203 the left and right margins.
22204 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22209 This paragraph is right aligned,
22212 \begin_layout Standard
22214 this one is centered,
22217 \begin_layout Standard
22219 this one is left aligned.
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22228 \begin_layout Subsection
22229 Forcing Page Breaks
22230 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22238 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22239 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22240 In general, this will
22244 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22246 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22255 recommend not using it until the text is
22259 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
22263 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22269 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22274 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22277 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22281 \begin_layout Standard
22282 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22283 at the top of a page.
22284 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22285 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22286 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22287 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
22294 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
22305 \begin_layout Subsection
22309 \begin_layout Standard
22310 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22311 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22312 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22313 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22315 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22321 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22328 \begin_layout Standard
22329 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22330 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22331 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22332 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22333 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22335 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22340 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22341 In this case, insert one with
22346 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22347 Special\InsetSpace ~
22352 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22369 \begin_layout Standard
22370 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22374 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22375 line at that point.
22376 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22379 \begin_layout Quote
22380 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22386 \begin_layout Standard
22387 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22404 A protected space is set with
22409 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22410 Special\InsetSpace ~
22415 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22430 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22437 \begin_layout Standard
22439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22446 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22455 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22456 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22457 inside abbreviations:
22460 \begin_layout Quote
22461 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22463 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22464 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 You can insert a thin space with
22474 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22475 Special\InsetSpace ~
22480 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22497 \begin_layout Standard
22498 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22499 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22504 To get them, just type
22506 space-insert <command>
22508 into the minibuffer, where
22512 is one of the following:
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22517 \begin_inset Tabular
22518 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22523 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22549 \begin_layout Standard
22558 <row topline="true">
22559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22562 \begin_layout Standard
22570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22573 \begin_layout Standard
22580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22583 \begin_layout Standard
22590 <row topline="true">
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Standard
22602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22605 \begin_layout Standard
22612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22615 \begin_layout Standard
22622 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22647 \begin_layout Standard
22654 <row bottomline="true">
22655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22686 <row bottomline="true">
22687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22701 \begin_layout Standard
22708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22711 \begin_layout Standard
22718 <row bottomline="true">
22719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22722 \begin_layout Standard
22730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22750 <row bottomline="true">
22751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22782 <row bottomline="true">
22783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22821 \begin_layout Subsection
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22831 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22832 Special\InsetSpace ~
22837 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22849 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22854 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22856 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22861 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22862 set a linebreak, e.g.
22863 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22864 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22869 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22874 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22881 \begin_layout Section
22883 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22890 \begin_layout Standard
22891 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22892 Rather it uses the external
22896 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22901 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22914 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22923 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22924 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22925 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22926 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22927 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22932 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22934 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22935 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22938 \begin_layout Subsection
22939 Spellchecker Options
22940 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22947 \begin_layout Standard
22948 The following options can be set in the
22953 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22963 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22968 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22969 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22977 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22985 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22987 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22988 specifying a different
22989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22992 alternative language
22993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22999 \begin_layout Standard
23004 , you may need to make a link from say
23012 or whatever applies for your language.
23013 This is because these
23017 files normally have the native language name (
23018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23029 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23030 with the LaTeX babel package (
23031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23042 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23043 If you use a language with
23047 encoding and set the
23059 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23074 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23075 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23079 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23082 \begin_layout Standard
23085 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23088 \begin_layout Standard
23089 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23093 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23097 \begin_layout Standard
23098 There are four solutions to this problem.
23099 The easiest is to try the
23106 If that does not help, you can set
23117 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23118 The third is to add the
23122 option to your dictionary
23133 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23134 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23144 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23145 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23146 and ask him to solve your problem.
23149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23150 Personal dictionary
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23155 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23156 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23157 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23161 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23168 \begin_layout Standard
23174 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23177 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23180 \begin_layout Itemize
23186 ccept compound words
23190 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23203 \begin_layout Itemize
23213 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23216 This should not normally be needed.
23219 \begin_layout Subsection
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23225 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23226 for each occurrence of the word.
23227 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23228 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23231 \begin_layout Standard
23232 Unless you're using the
23236 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23238 This, does, however, work with
23242 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23245 \begin_layout Section
23246 International Support
23249 \begin_layout Standard
23250 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23251 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23252 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23253 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23255 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23256 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23257 default configuration.
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23261 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23262 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23263 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23264 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23266 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23270 for more information.
23273 \begin_layout Standard
23274 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23275 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23276 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23277 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23279 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23287 \begin_layout Standard
23288 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23289 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23290 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23291 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23292 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23293 one to support the characters you want.
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23302 beyond the scope of this manual.
23303 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23304 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23305 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23306 to your native tongue, please see the
23310 manual for details.
23313 \begin_layout Subsection
23315 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23328 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23335 dialog lets you set
23337 the language and character encoding for your language.
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23359 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23367 The default is U.S.
23369 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23370 The language name appears in the window.
23374 \begin_layout Standard
23375 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23376 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23394 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23399 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23400 European languages.
23403 \begin_layout Subsection
23404 Keyboard mapping configuration
23405 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23412 \begin_layout Standard
23413 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23414 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23415 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23416 which one you want to use.
23419 \begin_layout Subsection
23421 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23428 \begin_layout Standard
23431 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23440 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23444 \begin_layout Standard
23445 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23446 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23448 That ain't the default.
23449 Nowhere near, in fact.
23450 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23458 \begin_layout Itemize
23459 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23460 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23461 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23462 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23465 \begin_layout Itemize
23466 Even if you've selected
23475 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23482 dialog, users who have only the
23486 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23490 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23491 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23492 french quotes won't show up.
23495 \begin_layout Itemize
23500 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23501 include the either the package
23509 in their documents.
23513 \begin_layout Standard
23514 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23515 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23516 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23520 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23527 \begin_inset Note Note
23530 \begin_layout Standard
23531 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23532 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23542 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23546 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23554 usepackage{textcomp}
23557 \begin_layout Standard
23562 is available on every LaTeX system.
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23571 \begin_inset Float table
23576 \begin_layout Caption
23577 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23590 \begin_inset Tabular
23591 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23610 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23659 \begin_layout Standard
23674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23695 \begin_layout Standard
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23803 \begin_layout Standard
23818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23821 \begin_layout Standard
23836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23857 \begin_layout Standard
23872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23909 <row topline="true">
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23931 \begin_layout Standard
23937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23958 \begin_layout Standard
23972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23992 \begin_layout Standard
24006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24026 \begin_layout Standard
24040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24061 \begin_layout Standard
24067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24070 \begin_layout Standard
24084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24153 <row topline="true">
24154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24157 \begin_layout Standard
24172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24210 \begin_layout Standard
24224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24227 \begin_layout Standard
24241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24413 <row topline="true">
24414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24490 \begin_layout Standard
24504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24590 \begin_inset Note Note
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24607 \begin_layout Standard
24621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24624 \begin_layout Standard
24638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24641 \begin_layout Standard
24655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24658 \begin_layout Standard
24672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24675 \begin_layout Standard
24690 <row topline="true">
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24747 \begin_layout Standard
24761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24764 \begin_layout Standard
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24884 \begin_layout Standard
24898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24935 \begin_layout Standard
24950 <row topline="true">
24951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24954 \begin_layout Standard
24969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24990 \begin_layout Standard
25004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25124 \begin_inset Note Note
25127 \begin_layout Standard
25138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25224 <row topline="true">
25225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25298 \begin_layout Standard
25312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25315 \begin_layout Standard
25329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25349 \begin_layout Standard
25363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25388 \begin_layout Standard
25398 \begin_inset Note Note
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25466 \begin_layout Standard
25480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25498 <row topline="true">
25499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25555 \begin_layout Standard
25569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25572 \begin_layout Standard
25586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25640 \begin_layout Standard
25646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25662 \begin_layout Standard
25672 \begin_inset Note Note
25675 \begin_layout Standard
25686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25772 <row topline="true">
25773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25776 \begin_layout Standard
25791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25914 \begin_layout Standard
25920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25949 \begin_layout Standard
25963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25983 \begin_layout Standard
25997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26000 \begin_layout Standard
26014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26032 <row topline="true">
26033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26174 \begin_layout Standard
26180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26292 <row topline="true">
26293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26323 \begin_layout Standard
26329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26383 \begin_layout Standard
26397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26520 \begin_layout Standard
26534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26552 <row topline="true">
26553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26556 \begin_layout Standard
26571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26583 \begin_layout Standard
26589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26609 \begin_layout Standard
26623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26626 \begin_layout Standard
26640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26712 \begin_layout Standard
26726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26812 <row topline="true">
26813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26843 \begin_layout Standard
26849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26869 \begin_layout Standard
26883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26954 \begin_layout Standard
26960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26989 \begin_layout Standard
27003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27072 <row topline="true">
27073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27146 \begin_layout Standard
27160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27251 \begin_layout Standard
27265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27334 <row topline="true">
27335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27508 \begin_inset Note Note
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27525 \begin_layout Standard
27539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27608 <row topline="true">
27609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27733 \begin_layout Standard
27747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27868 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28135 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28136 also the characters from
28148 \begin_layout Itemize
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28203 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28209 is correct, S-M-macron.
28218 \begin_layout Itemize
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28298 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28322 \begin_layout Standard
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28335 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28336 Also make sure you're using the
28340 font-encoding and have the package
28344 with the definition file
28351 \begin_layout Chapter
28355 \begin_layout Standard
28356 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28357 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28362 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28363 to provide information:
28366 \begin_layout Itemize
28371 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28372 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28380 as some of us call it].
28383 \begin_layout Itemize
28386 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28388 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28392 \begin_layout Itemize
28397 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28398 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28401 \begin_layout Itemize
28406 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28409 \begin_layout Itemize
28412 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28414 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28420 \begin_layout Itemize
28421 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28423 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28427 for help and answers to questions.
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 LyX Documentation Team,
28436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28439 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28440 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28443 \begin_layout Itemize
28452 \begin_layout Itemize
28453 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28468 \begin_layout Itemize
28469 General editing assistance.
28472 \begin_layout Itemize
28477 \begin_layout Itemize
28481 \begin_layout Itemize
28485 \begin_layout Itemize
28491 \begin_layout Itemize
28500 \begin_layout Itemize
28501 Primary contributor to
28506 \begin_layout Itemize
28507 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28513 \begin_layout Itemize
28522 \begin_layout Itemize
28523 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28538 \begin_layout Itemize
28539 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28545 \begin_layout Itemize
28552 \begin_layout Itemize
28553 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28559 \begin_layout Itemize
28568 \begin_layout Itemize
28569 Documentation of internationalization features in
28575 \begin_layout Itemize
28582 \begin_layout Itemize
28587 \begin_layout Itemize
28591 \begin_layout Itemize
28595 \begin_layout Itemize
28599 \begin_layout Itemize
28605 \begin_layout Itemize
28612 \begin_layout Itemize
28613 Primary contributor to
28619 \begin_layout Itemize
28626 \begin_layout Itemize
28631 \begin_layout Itemize
28635 \begin_layout Itemize
28636 using LaTeX from within LyX
28641 \begin_layout Itemize
28650 \begin_layout Itemize
28651 General organization and format of the documents.
28654 \begin_layout Itemize
28659 \begin_layout Itemize
28663 \begin_layout Itemize
28664 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28668 \begin_layout Itemize
28669 Also responsible for Introduction in
28674 \begin_layout Itemize
28675 Editor of the documents.
28676 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28680 \begin_layout Standard
28681 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28685 \begin_layout Bibliography
28687 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28692 \begin_layout Standard
28696 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28719 \begin_layout Bibliography
28721 \bibitem {latexbook}
28724 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28727 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28730 \begin_layout Bibliography
28732 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28733 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28735 The LaTeX Companion.
28738 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28741 \begin_layout Bibliography
28743 \bibitem {latexguide}
28749 \begin_layout Bibliography